Fix ARI warning on gdb/typeprint.c:whatis_exp
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 && !ignore_first)
1782 assign = where;
1783 }
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 continue;
1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 assign = NULL;
1795 continue;
1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 if (assign != NULL)
1798 {
1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800
1801 if (s == NULL
1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 where = assign;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815 break;
1816 }
1817
1818 return where;
1819 }
1820
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 const char *secname,
1824 int constraint,
1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 struct orphan_save *place,
1827 etree_type *address,
1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830 lang_statement_list_type add;
1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833
1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1837 if (after != NULL)
1838 {
1839 lang_list_init (&add);
1840 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841 }
1842
1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845 address = exp_intop (0);
1846
1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851
1852 if (add_child == NULL)
1853 add_child = &os->children;
1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855
1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857 {
1858 const char *region = (after->region
1859 ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 : NULL);
1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 lma_region);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 NULL);
1870
1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1872 if (after != NULL)
1873 pop_stat_ptr ();
1874
1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876 {
1877 asection *snew, *as;
1878
1879 snew = os->bfd_section;
1880
1881 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1882 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1883 if (place->section == NULL
1884 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1885 ->output_section_statement))
1886 {
1887 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1888
1889 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1890 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1891 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1892 output section. */
1893 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1894 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1895
1896 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1897 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1898 }
1899
1900 if (place->section == NULL)
1901 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1902
1903 as = *place->section;
1904
1905 if (!as)
1906 {
1907 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1908
1909 /* Unlink the section. */
1910 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1911
1912 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1913 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1914 }
1915 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1916 {
1917 /* Unlink the section. */
1918 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919
1920 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1921 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
1925 follow the one we've just added. */
1926 place->section = &snew->next;
1927
1928 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
1929 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1930 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1931 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1932 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
1933 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1934 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1935 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1936 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
1937 if (add.head != NULL)
1938 {
1939 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1940
1941 if (place->stmt == NULL)
1942 {
1943 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1944
1945 *add.tail = *where;
1946 *where = add.head;
1947
1948 place->os_tail = &after->next;
1949 }
1950 else
1951 {
1952 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
1953 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1954 *place->stmt = add.head;
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1958 new list at the tail. */
1959 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1960 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1961
1962 /* Save the end of this list. */
1963 place->stmt = add.tail;
1964
1965 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
1966 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1967 *os_tail = NULL;
1968 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1969 ((char *) place->os_tail
1970 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1971 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1972 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1973 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1974 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1975 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1976
1977 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1978 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1979 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1980 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1981 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
1982 if (*os_tail == NULL)
1983 lang_output_section_statement.tail
1984 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 return os;
1988 }
1989
1990 static void
1991 lang_print_asneeded (void)
1992 {
1993 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
1994
1995 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
1996 return;
1997
1998 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
1999
2000 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2001 {
2002 size_t len;
2003
2004 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2005 len = strlen (m->soname);
2006
2007 if (len >= 29)
2008 {
2009 print_nl ();
2010 len = 0;
2011 }
2012 while (len < 30)
2013 {
2014 print_space ();
2015 ++len;
2016 }
2017
2018 if (m->ref != NULL)
2019 minfo ("%B ", m->ref);
2020 minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name);
2021 }
2022 }
2023
2024 static void
2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2026 {
2027 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2028 minfo ("a");
2029
2030 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2031 minfo ("x");
2032
2033 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2034 minfo ("r");
2035
2036 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2037 minfo ("w");
2038
2039 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2040 minfo ("l");
2041 }
2042
2043 void
2044 lang_map (void)
2045 {
2046 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2047 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2048
2049 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2050 {
2051 asection *s;
2052
2053 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2054 || file->flags.just_syms)
2055 continue;
2056
2057 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2058 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2059 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2060 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2061 {
2062 if (!dis_header_printed)
2063 {
2064 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2065 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2066 }
2067
2068 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2069 }
2070 }
2071
2072 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2073 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2074 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2075
2076 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2077 {
2078 char buf[100];
2079 int len;
2080
2081 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2082
2083 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2084 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2085 len = strlen (buf);
2086 while (len < 16)
2087 {
2088 print_space ();
2089 ++len;
2090 }
2091
2092 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2093 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2094 {
2095 #ifndef BFD64
2096 minfo (" ");
2097 #endif
2098 if (m->flags)
2099 {
2100 print_space ();
2101 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (m->not_flags)
2105 {
2106 minfo (" !");
2107 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2108 }
2109 }
2110
2111 print_nl ();
2112 }
2113
2114 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2115
2116 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2117 {
2118 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2119 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2120 }
2121 lang_statement_iteration++;
2122 print_statements ();
2123
2124 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2125 config.map_file);
2126 }
2127
2128 static bfd_boolean
2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2130 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2131 {
2132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2134 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2135 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2136 {
2137 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2138 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2139
2140 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2141 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2142 if (!ud)
2143 {
2144 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2145 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2146 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2147 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2148 }
2149 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2150 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2151
2152 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2153 def->entry = hash_entry;
2154 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2155 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2156 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2157 }
2158 return TRUE;
2159 }
2160
2161 /* Initialize an output section. */
2162
2163 static void
2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2165 {
2166 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2167 einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2168
2169 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2170 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2171 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2172 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2173 s->name, flags);
2174 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2175 {
2176 einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
2177 " called %s: %E\n"),
2178 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2179 }
2180 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2181 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2182
2183 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2184 statement to avoid lookup. */
2185 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2186
2187 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2188 mention are initialized. */
2189 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2190 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2191
2192 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2193 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2194
2195 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2196 if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2197 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2198 }
2199
2200 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2201 initialized. */
2202
2203 static void
2204 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2205 {
2206 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2207 {
2208 case etree_assign:
2209 case etree_provide:
2210 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2211 break;
2212
2213 case etree_binary:
2214 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2215 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2216 break;
2217
2218 case etree_trinary:
2219 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2220 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2221 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2222 break;
2223
2224 case etree_assert:
2225 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2226 break;
2227
2228 case etree_unary:
2229 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2230 break;
2231
2232 case etree_name:
2233 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2234 {
2235 case ADDR:
2236 case LOADADDR:
2237 case SIZEOF:
2238 {
2239 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2240
2241 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2242 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2243 init_os (os, 0);
2244 }
2245 }
2246 break;
2247
2248 default:
2249 break;
2250 }
2251 }
2252 \f
2253 static void
2254 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2255 {
2256 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2257
2258 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2259 discard all sections. */
2260 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2261 {
2262 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2263 return;
2264 }
2265
2266 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2267 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2268 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2269 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2270 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2271
2272 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2273 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2274 }
2275 \f
2276
2277 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2278 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2279
2280 static bfd_boolean
2281 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2282 {
2283 bfd_boolean discard;
2284 flagword flags = section->flags;
2285
2286 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2287 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2288
2289 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2290 sections from within the group. */
2291 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2292 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2293 discard = TRUE;
2294
2295 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2296 information. */
2297 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2298 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2299 discard = TRUE;
2300
2301 return discard;
2302 }
2303
2304 /* The wild routines.
2305
2306 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2307 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2308 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2309
2310 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2311 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2312
2313 void
2314 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2315 asection *section,
2316 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2317 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2318 {
2319 flagword flags = section->flags;
2320
2321 bfd_boolean discard;
2322 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2323 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2324
2325 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2326 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2327
2328 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2329 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2330 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2331 discard = TRUE;
2332
2333 if (discard)
2334 {
2335 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2336 {
2337 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2338 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2339 }
2340 return;
2341 }
2342
2343 if (sflag_info)
2344 {
2345 bfd_boolean keep;
2346
2347 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2348 if (!keep)
2349 return;
2350 }
2351
2352 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2356 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2357 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2358 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2359 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2360 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2361 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2362
2363 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2364 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2365 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2366 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2367 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2368 {
2369 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2370 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2371 else
2372 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2373 }
2374 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2375 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2376
2377 switch (output->sectype)
2378 {
2379 case normal_section:
2380 case overlay_section:
2381 break;
2382 case noalloc_section:
2383 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2384 break;
2385 case noload_section:
2386 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2387 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2388 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2389 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2390 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2391 section. */
2392 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2393 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2394 else
2395 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2396 break;
2397 }
2398
2399 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2400 init_os (output, flags);
2401
2402 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2403 it from the output section. */
2404 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2405
2406 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2407 {
2408 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2409 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2410
2411 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2412 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2413 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2414 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2415 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2416 {
2417 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2418 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2419 }
2420 }
2421 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2422
2423 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2424 {
2425 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2426 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2427 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2428 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2429 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2430 link_info.output_bfd,
2431 output->bfd_section,
2432 &link_info);
2433 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2434 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2435 }
2436
2437 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2438 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2439 {
2440 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2441 output->block_value = 128;
2442 }
2443
2444 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2445 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2446
2447 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2448
2449 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2450 {
2451 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2452 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2453 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2454 section->map_tail.s = s;
2455 if (s != NULL)
2456 s->map_head.s = section;
2457 else
2458 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2459 }
2460
2461 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2462 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2463 new_section->section = section;
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2467 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2468 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2469 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2470
2471 static lang_statement_union_type *
2472 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2473 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2474 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2475 asection *section)
2476 {
2477 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2478
2479 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2480 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2481 return NULL;
2482
2483 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2484 {
2485 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2486
2487 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2488 continue;
2489 ls = &l->input_section;
2490
2491 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2492 name. */
2493
2494 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2495 {
2496 const char *fn, *ln;
2497 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2498 int i;
2499
2500 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2501 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2502 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2503 archive. */
2504
2505 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2506 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2507 {
2508 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2509 fa = TRUE;
2510 }
2511 else
2512 {
2513 fn = file->filename;
2514 fa = FALSE;
2515 }
2516
2517 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2518 {
2519 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2520 la = TRUE;
2521 }
2522 else
2523 {
2524 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2525 la = FALSE;
2526 }
2527
2528 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2529 if (i > 0)
2530 continue;
2531 else if (i < 0)
2532 break;
2533
2534 if (fa || la)
2535 {
2536 if (fa)
2537 fn = file->filename;
2538 if (la)
2539 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2540
2541 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2542 if (i > 0)
2543 continue;
2544 else if (i < 0)
2545 break;
2546 }
2547 }
2548
2549 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2550 looking at the sections for this file. */
2551
2552 if (sec != NULL
2553 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2554 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2555 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2556 break;
2557 }
2558
2559 return l;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2563 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2564
2565 static void
2566 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2568 asection *section,
2569 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2570 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2571 void *output)
2572 {
2573 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2574 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2575
2576 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2577
2578 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2579 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2580 return;
2581
2582 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2583
2584 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2585 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2586 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2587 of the current list. */
2588
2589 if (before == NULL)
2590 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2591 else
2592 {
2593 lang_statement_list_type list;
2594 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2595
2596 lang_list_init (&list);
2597 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2598
2599 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2600 be NULL. */
2601 if (list.head != NULL)
2602 {
2603 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2604
2605 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2606 *pp != before;
2607 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2608 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2609
2610 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2611 *pp = list.head;
2612 }
2613 }
2614 }
2615
2616 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2617 are readonly. */
2618
2619 static void
2620 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2621 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 asection *section,
2623 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2624 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 void *output)
2626 {
2627 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2628
2629 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2630
2631 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2632 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2633 return;
2634
2635 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2636 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2637 }
2638
2639 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2640 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2641 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2642
2643 static lang_input_statement_type *
2644 lookup_name (const char *name)
2645 {
2646 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2647
2648 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2649 search != NULL;
2650 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2651 {
2652 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2653 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2654 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2655 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2656
2657 if (filename != NULL
2658 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2659 break;
2660 }
2661
2662 if (search == NULL)
2663 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2664 default_target, FALSE);
2665
2666 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2667 don't add this file. */
2668 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2669 return search;
2670
2671 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2672 return NULL;
2673
2674 return search;
2675 }
2676
2677 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2678
2679 struct excluded_lib
2680 {
2681 char *name;
2682 struct excluded_lib *next;
2683 };
2684 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2685
2686 void
2687 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2688 {
2689 const char *p = list, *end;
2690
2691 while (*p != '\0')
2692 {
2693 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2694 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2695 if (end == NULL)
2696 end = p + strlen (p);
2697 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2698 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2699 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2700 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2701 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2702 excluded_libs = entry;
2703 if (*end == '\0')
2704 break;
2705 p = end + 1;
2706 }
2707 }
2708
2709 static void
2710 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2711 {
2712 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2713
2714 while (lib)
2715 {
2716 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2717 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2718
2719 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2720 {
2721 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2722 return;
2723 }
2724
2725 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2726 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2727 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2728 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2729 {
2730 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2731 return;
2732 }
2733
2734 lib = lib->next;
2735 }
2736 }
2737
2738 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2739
2740 bfd_boolean
2741 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2742 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2743 {
2744 char **matching;
2745
2746 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2747 return TRUE;
2748
2749 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2750
2751 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2752 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2753 return TRUE;
2754
2755 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2756 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2757 {
2758 bfd_error_type err;
2759 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2760 extern FILE *yyin;
2761
2762 err = bfd_get_error ();
2763
2764 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2765 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2766 return TRUE;
2767
2768 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2769 {
2770 char **p;
2771
2772 einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2773 einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2774 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2775 einfo (" %s", *p);
2776 einfo ("%F\n");
2777 }
2778 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2779 || place == NULL)
2780 einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2781
2782 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2783 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2784
2785 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2786 save_flags = input_flags;
2787 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2788
2789 push_stat_ptr (place);
2790 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2791 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2792 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2793 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2794 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2795 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2796
2797 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2798 parser_input = input_script;
2799 yyparse ();
2800 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2801
2802 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2803 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2804 again. */
2805 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2806 input_flags = save_flags;
2807 pop_stat_ptr ();
2808 fclose (yyin);
2809 yyin = NULL;
2810 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2811
2812 return TRUE;
2813 }
2814
2815 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2816 return TRUE;
2817
2818 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2819 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2820 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2821 which is used. */
2822 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2823 {
2824 default:
2825 break;
2826
2827 case bfd_object:
2828 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2829 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2830 if (trace_files || verbose)
2831 info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2832 break;
2833
2834 case bfd_archive:
2835 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2836
2837 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2838 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2839 {
2840 bfd *member = NULL;
2841 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2842
2843 for (;;)
2844 {
2845 bfd *subsbfd;
2846 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2847
2848 if (member == NULL)
2849 break;
2850
2851 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2852 {
2853 einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2854 entry->the_bfd, member);
2855 loaded = FALSE;
2856 }
2857
2858 subsbfd = member;
2859 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2860 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2861 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2862 abort ();
2863
2864 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2865 substitute BFD for us. */
2866 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2867 {
2868 einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2869 loaded = FALSE;
2870 }
2871 }
2872
2873 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2874 return loaded;
2875 }
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2880 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2881 else
2882 einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2883
2884 return entry->flags.loaded;
2885 }
2886
2887 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2888 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
2889 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2890 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
2891 the output section. */
2892
2893 static void
2894 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2895 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2896 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2897 {
2898 struct wildcard_list *sec;
2899
2900 if (s->handler_data[0]
2901 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2902 && !s->filenames_sorted)
2903 {
2904 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2905
2906 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2907
2908 tree = s->tree;
2909 if (tree)
2910 {
2911 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2912 s->tree = NULL;
2913 }
2914 }
2915 else
2916 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2917
2918 if (default_common_section == NULL)
2919 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2920 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2921 {
2922 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2923 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
2924 default_common_section = output;
2925 break;
2926 }
2927 }
2928
2929 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
2930
2931 static int
2932 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2933 {
2934 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2935
2936 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
2940
2941 static void
2942 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2943 {
2944 char c;
2945
2946 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2947 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2948
2949 *dest = 0;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2953 from haystack. */
2954
2955 static void
2956 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2957 {
2958 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2959
2960 if (haystack)
2961 {
2962 char *src;
2963
2964 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2965 *haystack++ = *src++;
2966
2967 *haystack = 0;
2968 }
2969 }
2970
2971 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2972 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
2973
2974 static int
2975 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2976 {
2977 char *copy1;
2978 char *copy2;
2979 int result;
2980
2981 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2982 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2983
2984 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
2985 stricpy (copy1, first);
2986 stricpy (copy2, second);
2987
2988 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
2989 strcut (copy1, "big");
2990 strcut (copy1, "little");
2991 strcut (copy2, "big");
2992 strcut (copy2, "little");
2993
2994 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2995 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
2996 the same then return 10 * their length. */
2997 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2998 if (copy1[result] == 0)
2999 {
3000 result *= 10;
3001 break;
3002 }
3003
3004 free (copy1);
3005 free (copy2);
3006
3007 return result;
3008 }
3009
3010 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3011 static const bfd_target *winner;
3012
3013 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3014 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3015 match to the original output target. */
3016
3017 static int
3018 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3019 {
3020 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3021
3022 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3023 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3024 return 0;
3025
3026 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3027 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3028 return 0;
3029
3030 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3031 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3032 return 0;
3033
3034 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3035 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3036 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3037 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3038 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3039 return 0;
3040
3041 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3042 if (winner == NULL)
3043 {
3044 winner = target;
3045 return 0;
3046 }
3047
3048 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3049 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3050 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3051 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3052 winner = target;
3053
3054 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3055 return 0;
3056 }
3057
3058 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3059
3060 static char *
3061 get_first_input_target (void)
3062 {
3063 char *target = NULL;
3064
3065 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3066 {
3067 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3068 && s->flags.real)
3069 {
3070 ldfile_open_file (s);
3071
3072 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3073 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3074 {
3075 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3076
3077 if (target != NULL)
3078 break;
3079 }
3080 }
3081 }
3082
3083 return target;
3084 }
3085
3086 const char *
3087 lang_get_output_target (void)
3088 {
3089 const char *target;
3090
3091 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3092 if (output_target != NULL)
3093 return output_target;
3094
3095 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3096 the default? */
3097 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3098 return current_target;
3099
3100 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3101 target = get_first_input_target ();
3102 if (target != NULL)
3103 return target;
3104
3105 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3106 return default_target;
3107 }
3108
3109 /* Open the output file. */
3110
3111 static void
3112 open_output (const char *name)
3113 {
3114 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3115
3116 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3117 line? */
3118 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3119 {
3120 /* Get the chosen target. */
3121 const bfd_target *target
3122 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3123
3124 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3125 if (target != NULL)
3126 {
3127 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3128
3129 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3130 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3131 else
3132 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3133
3134 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3135 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3136 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3137 this. */
3138 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3139 {
3140 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3141 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3142 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3143 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3144 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3145 else
3146 {
3147 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3148 the default target, but which has the desired
3149 endian characteristic. */
3150 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3151 (void *) target);
3152
3153 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3154 satisfy our requirements. */
3155 if (winner == NULL)
3156 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3157 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3158 else
3159 output_target = winner->name;
3160 }
3161 }
3162 }
3163 }
3164
3165 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3166
3167 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3168 {
3169 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3170 einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3171
3172 einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3173 }
3174
3175 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3176
3177 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3178 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3179 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3180 ldfile_output_architecture,
3181 ldfile_output_machine))
3182 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3183
3184 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3185 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3186 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3187
3188 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3189 }
3190
3191 static void
3192 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3193 {
3194 switch (statement->header.type)
3195 {
3196 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3197 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3198 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3199 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3200 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3201 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3202 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3203 else
3204 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3205 if (config.text_read_only)
3206 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3207 else
3208 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3209 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3210 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3211 else
3212 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3213 break;
3214
3215 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3216 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3217 break;
3218 default:
3219 break;
3220 }
3221 }
3222
3223 static void
3224 init_opb (void)
3225 {
3226 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3227 ldfile_output_machine);
3228 opb_shift = 0;
3229 if (x > 1)
3230 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3231 {
3232 x >>= 1;
3233 ++opb_shift;
3234 }
3235 ASSERT (x == 1);
3236 }
3237
3238 /* Open all the input files. */
3239
3240 enum open_bfd_mode
3241 {
3242 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3243 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3244 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3245 };
3246 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3247 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3248 #endif
3249
3250 static void
3251 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3252 {
3253 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3254 {
3255 switch (s->header.type)
3256 {
3257 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3258 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3259 break;
3260 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3261 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3262 break;
3263 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3264 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3265 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3266 && s->wild_statement.filename
3267 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3268 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3269 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3270 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3271 break;
3272 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3273 {
3274 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3275
3276 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3277 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3278 symbols. */
3279
3280 do
3281 {
3282 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3283 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3284 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3285 }
3286 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3287 }
3288 break;
3289 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3290 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3291 break;
3292 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3293 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3294 {
3295 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3296 lang_statement_list_type add;
3297 bfd *abfd;
3298
3299 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3300
3301 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3302 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3303 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3304 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3305 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3306 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3307 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3308 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3309 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3310 #endif
3311 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3312 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3313 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3314 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3315 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3316 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3317 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3318 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3319 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3320 {
3321 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3322 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3323 }
3324
3325 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3326 lang_list_init (&add);
3327
3328 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3329 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3330
3331 if (add.head != NULL)
3332 {
3333 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3334 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3335 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3336 section statement list. Very likely the user
3337 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3338 naive user expectations. */
3339 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3340 {
3341 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3342 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3343 s->input_statement.filename);
3344 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3345 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3346 }
3347 else
3348 {
3349 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3350 s->header.next = add.head;
3351 }
3352 }
3353 }
3354 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3355 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3356 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3357 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3358 plugin_insert = NULL;
3359 #endif
3360 break;
3361 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3362 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3363 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3364 break;
3365 default:
3366 break;
3367 }
3368 }
3369
3370 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3371 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3372 einfo ("%F");
3373 }
3374
3375 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3376 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3377 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3378 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3379 name to the symbol table. */
3380
3381 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3382
3383 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3384
3385 void
3386 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3387 {
3388 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3389
3390 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3391 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3392 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3393 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3394
3395 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3396
3397 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3398 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3399 }
3400
3401 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3402
3403 static void
3404 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3405 {
3406 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3407
3408 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3409 if (h == NULL)
3410 einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3411 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3412 {
3413 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3414 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3415 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3416 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3417 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3418 }
3419 }
3420
3421 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3422 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3423 script file. */
3424
3425 static void
3426 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3427 {
3428 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3429
3430 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3431 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3432 }
3433
3434 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3435 be defined. */
3436
3437 struct require_defined_symbol
3438 {
3439 const char *name;
3440 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3441 };
3442
3443 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3444
3445 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3446
3447 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3448 defined. */
3449
3450 void
3451 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3452 {
3453 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3454
3455 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3456 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3457 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3458 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3459 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3460 }
3461
3462 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3463 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3464
3465 static void
3466 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3467 {
3468 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3469
3470 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3471 {
3472 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3473
3474 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3475 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3476 if (h == NULL
3477 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3478 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3479 einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3480 }
3481 }
3482
3483 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3484
3485 static void
3486 check_input_sections
3487 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3488 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3489 {
3490 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3491 {
3492 switch (s->header.type)
3493 {
3494 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3495 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3496 output_section_statement);
3497 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3498 return;
3499 break;
3500 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3501 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3502 output_section_statement);
3503 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3504 return;
3505 break;
3506 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3507 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3508 output_section_statement);
3509 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3510 return;
3511 break;
3512 default:
3513 break;
3514 }
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3519
3520 static void
3521 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3522 {
3523 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3524
3525 switch (sort_section)
3526 {
3527 default:
3528 FAIL ();
3529
3530 case none:
3531 break;
3532
3533 case by_name:
3534 case by_alignment:
3535 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3536 {
3537 switch (s->header.type)
3538 {
3539 default:
3540 break;
3541
3542 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3543 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3544 sec = sec->next)
3545 {
3546 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3547 {
3548 case none:
3549 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3550 break;
3551 case by_name:
3552 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3553 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3554 break;
3555 case by_alignment:
3556 if (sort_section == by_name)
3557 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3558 break;
3559 default:
3560 break;
3561 }
3562 }
3563 break;
3564
3565 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3566 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3567 break;
3568
3569 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3570 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3571 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3572 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3573 update_wild_statements
3574 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3575 break;
3576
3577 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3578 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3579 break;
3580 }
3581 }
3582 break;
3583 }
3584 }
3585
3586 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3587
3588 static void
3589 map_input_to_output_sections
3590 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3591 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3592 {
3593 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3594 {
3595 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3596 flagword flags;
3597
3598 switch (s->header.type)
3599 {
3600 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3601 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3602 break;
3603 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3604 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3605 target,
3606 os);
3607 break;
3608 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3609 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3610 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3611 {
3612 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3613 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3614 break;
3615 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3616 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3617 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3618 {
3619 tos->constraint = -1;
3620 break;
3621 }
3622 }
3623 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3624 target,
3625 tos);
3626 break;
3627 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3628 break;
3629 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3630 target = s->target_statement.target;
3631 break;
3632 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3633 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3634 target,
3635 os);
3636 break;
3637 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3638 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3639 are initialized. */
3640 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3641 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3642 these may be overridden by the script. */
3643 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3644 switch (os->sectype)
3645 {
3646 case normal_section:
3647 case overlay_section:
3648 break;
3649 case noalloc_section:
3650 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3651 break;
3652 case noload_section:
3653 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3654 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3655 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3656 else
3657 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3658 break;
3659 }
3660 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3661 init_os (os, flags);
3662 else
3663 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3664 break;
3665 case lang_input_section_enum:
3666 break;
3667 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3668 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3669 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3670 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3671 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3672 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3673 init_os (os, 0);
3674 break;
3675 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3676 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3677 init_os (os, 0);
3678
3679 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3680 are initialized. */
3681 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3682 break;
3683 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3684 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3685 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3686 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3687 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3688 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3689 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3690 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3691 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3692 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3693 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3694 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3695 {
3696 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3697
3698 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3699 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3700 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3701 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3702 will affect following script sections, which is
3703 likely to surprise naive users. */
3704 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3705 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3706 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3707 init_os (tos, 0);
3708 }
3709 break;
3710 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3711 break;
3712 }
3713 }
3714 }
3715
3716 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3717 start of the list and places them after the output section
3718 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3719 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3720 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3721
3722 static void
3723 process_insert_statements (void)
3724 {
3725 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3726 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3727 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3728 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3729
3730 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3731 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3732 reordered. */
3733 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3734 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3735 {
3736 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3737 {
3738 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3739 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3740 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3741
3742 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3743 last_os = os;
3744
3745 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3746 won't match this output section statement. At this
3747 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3748 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3749 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3750 if (first_os == NULL)
3751 first_os = last_os;
3752 }
3753 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3754 {
3755 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3756 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3757 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3758 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3759
3760 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3761 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3762 {
3763 do
3764 where = where->prev;
3765 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3766 }
3767 if (where == NULL)
3768 {
3769 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3770 return;
3771 }
3772
3773 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3774 if (last_os != NULL)
3775 {
3776 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3777 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3778
3779 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3780 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3781 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3782 {
3783 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3784 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3785 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3786 }
3787 else
3788 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3789 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3790 last_os->next = where->next;
3791 if (where->next == NULL)
3792 {
3793 next = &last_os->next;
3794 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3795 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3796 }
3797 else
3798 where->next->prev = last_os;
3799 first_os->prev = where;
3800 where->next = first_os;
3801
3802 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3803 first_sec = NULL;
3804 last_sec = NULL;
3805 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3806 {
3807 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3808 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3809 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3810 {
3811 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3812 if (first_sec == NULL)
3813 first_sec = last_sec;
3814 }
3815 if (os == last_os)
3816 break;
3817 }
3818 if (last_sec != NULL)
3819 {
3820 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3821 if (sec == NULL)
3822 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3823
3824 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3825 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3826 section or if the section is the same as our
3827 last section, then no move is needed. */
3828 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3829 {
3830 /* Trim them off. */
3831 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3832 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3833 else
3834 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3835 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3836 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3837 else
3838 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3839 /* Add back. */
3840 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3841 if (sec->next != NULL)
3842 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3843 else
3844 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3845 first_sec->prev = sec;
3846 sec->next = first_sec;
3847 }
3848 }
3849
3850 first_os = NULL;
3851 last_os = NULL;
3852 }
3853
3854 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3855 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3856 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3857 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
3858 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3859 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3860 /* Add them back where they belong. */
3861 *s = *ptr;
3862 if (*s == NULL)
3863 statement_list.tail = s;
3864 *ptr = first;
3865 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3866 }
3867 }
3868
3869 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
3870 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3871 {
3872 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3873 if (os == last_os)
3874 break;
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3879 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3880 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
3881
3882 void
3883 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3884 {
3885 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3886
3887 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
3888 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3889 {
3890 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3891 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
3892 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3893 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3894 }
3895
3896 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3897 os != NULL;
3898 os = os->next)
3899 {
3900 asection *output_section;
3901 bfd_boolean exclude;
3902
3903 if (os->constraint < 0)
3904 continue;
3905
3906 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3907 if (output_section == NULL)
3908 continue;
3909
3910 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3911 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3912 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3913 output_section));
3914
3915 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3916 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3917 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3918 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
3919 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3920 {
3921 asection *s;
3922
3923 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3924 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3925 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3926 || link_info.emitrelocations))
3927 {
3928 exclude = FALSE;
3929 break;
3930 }
3931 }
3932
3933 if (exclude)
3934 {
3935 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3936 removed output section statement may still be used. */
3937 if (!os->update_dot)
3938 os->ignored = TRUE;
3939 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3940 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3941 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3942 }
3943 }
3944 }
3945
3946 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3947 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3948 FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3949 its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early. */
3950
3951 void
3952 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3953 {
3954 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3955
3956 if (map_head_is_link_order)
3957 return;
3958
3959 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3960 os != NULL;
3961 os = os->next)
3962 {
3963 asection *output_section;
3964
3965 if (os->constraint < 0)
3966 continue;
3967
3968 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3969 if (output_section == NULL)
3970 continue;
3971
3972 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
3973 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3974 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3975 }
3976
3977 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3978 and map_tail link_order fields. */
3979 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3980 }
3981
3982 static void
3983 print_output_section_statement
3984 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3985 {
3986 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3987 int len;
3988
3989 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3990 {
3991 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3992
3993 if (section != NULL)
3994 {
3995 print_dot = section->vma;
3996
3997 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3998 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3999 {
4000 print_nl ();
4001 len = 0;
4002 }
4003 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4004 {
4005 print_space ();
4006 ++len;
4007 }
4008
4009 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4010
4011 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4012 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4013
4014 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4015 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4016 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4017 }
4018
4019 print_nl ();
4020 }
4021
4022 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4023 output_section_statement);
4024 }
4025
4026 static void
4027 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4028 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4029 {
4030 unsigned int i;
4031 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4032 etree_type *tree;
4033 asection *osec;
4034
4035 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4036 print_space ();
4037
4038 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4039 {
4040 is_dot = FALSE;
4041 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4042 }
4043 else
4044 {
4045 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4046
4047 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4048 if (!is_dot)
4049 expld.assign_name = dst;
4050 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4051 }
4052
4053 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4054 if (osec == NULL)
4055 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4056
4057 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4058 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4059 else
4060 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4061
4062 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4063 {
4064 bfd_vma value;
4065
4066 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4067 || is_dot
4068 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4069 {
4070 value = expld.result.value;
4071
4072 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4073 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4074
4075 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4076 if (is_dot)
4077 print_dot = value;
4078 }
4079 else
4080 {
4081 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4082
4083 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4084 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4085 if (h)
4086 {
4087 value = h->u.def.value;
4088 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4089 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4090
4091 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4092 }
4093 else
4094 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4095 }
4096 }
4097 else
4098 {
4099 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4100 minfo ("[!provide]");
4101 else
4102 minfo ("*undef* ");
4103 #ifdef BFD64
4104 minfo (" ");
4105 #endif
4106 }
4107 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4108
4109 minfo (" ");
4110 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4111 print_nl ();
4112 }
4113
4114 static void
4115 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4116 {
4117 if (statm->filename != NULL
4118 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4119 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4120 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4121 }
4122
4123 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4124 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4125
4126 static bfd_boolean
4127 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4128 {
4129 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4130
4131 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4132 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4133 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4134 {
4135 int i;
4136
4137 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4138 print_space ();
4139 minfo ("0x%V ",
4140 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4141 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4142 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4143
4144 minfo (" %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4145 }
4146
4147 return TRUE;
4148 }
4149
4150 static int
4151 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4152 {
4153 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4154 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4155
4156 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4157 return -1;
4158 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4159 return 1;
4160 else
4161 return 0;
4162 }
4163
4164 static void
4165 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4166 {
4167 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4168 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4169 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4170 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4171 unsigned int i;
4172
4173 if (!ud)
4174 return;
4175
4176 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4177
4178 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4179 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4180 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4181 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4182
4183 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4184 entries[i] = def->entry;
4185
4186 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4187 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4188
4189 /* Print the symbols. */
4190 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4191 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4192
4193 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4197
4198 static void
4199 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4200 {
4201 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4202 int len;
4203 bfd_vma addr;
4204
4205 init_opb ();
4206
4207 print_space ();
4208 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4209
4210 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4211 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4212 {
4213 print_nl ();
4214 len = 0;
4215 }
4216 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4217 {
4218 print_space ();
4219 ++len;
4220 }
4221
4222 if (i->output_section != NULL
4223 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4224 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4225 else
4226 {
4227 addr = print_dot;
4228 if (!is_discarded)
4229 size = 0;
4230 }
4231
4232 minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4233
4234 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4235 {
4236 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4237 #ifdef BFD64
4238 len += 16;
4239 #else
4240 len += 8;
4241 #endif
4242 while (len > 0)
4243 {
4244 print_space ();
4245 --len;
4246 }
4247
4248 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4249 }
4250
4251 if (i->output_section != NULL
4252 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4253 {
4254 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4255 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4256 else
4257 print_all_symbols (i);
4258
4259 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4260 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4261 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4262 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4263 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4264 }
4265 }
4266
4267 static void
4268 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4269 {
4270 size_t size;
4271 unsigned char *p;
4272 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4273 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4274 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4275 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4276 }
4277
4278 static void
4279 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4280 {
4281 int i;
4282 bfd_vma addr;
4283 bfd_size_type size;
4284 const char *name;
4285
4286 init_opb ();
4287 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4288 print_space ();
4289
4290 addr = data->output_offset;
4291 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4292 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4293
4294 switch (data->type)
4295 {
4296 default:
4297 abort ();
4298 case BYTE:
4299 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4300 name = "BYTE";
4301 break;
4302 case SHORT:
4303 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4304 name = "SHORT";
4305 break;
4306 case LONG:
4307 size = LONG_SIZE;
4308 name = "LONG";
4309 break;
4310 case QUAD:
4311 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4312 name = "QUAD";
4313 break;
4314 case SQUAD:
4315 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4316 name = "SQUAD";
4317 break;
4318 }
4319
4320 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4321 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4322 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4323
4324 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4325 {
4326 print_space ();
4327 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4328 }
4329
4330 print_nl ();
4331
4332 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4333 }
4334
4335 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4336 -Ttext. */
4337
4338 static void
4339 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4340 {
4341 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4342 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4343 print_nl ();
4344 }
4345
4346 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4347
4348 static void
4349 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4350 {
4351 int i;
4352 bfd_vma addr;
4353 bfd_size_type size;
4354
4355 init_opb ();
4356 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4357 print_space ();
4358
4359 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4360 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4361 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4362
4363 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4364
4365 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4366
4367 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4368 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4369 else
4370 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4371
4372 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4373
4374 print_nl ();
4375
4376 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4377 }
4378
4379 static void
4380 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4381 {
4382 int len;
4383 bfd_vma addr;
4384
4385 init_opb ();
4386 minfo (" *fill*");
4387
4388 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4389 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4390 {
4391 print_space ();
4392 ++len;
4393 }
4394
4395 addr = s->output_offset;
4396 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4397 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4398 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4399
4400 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4401 {
4402 size_t size;
4403 unsigned char *p;
4404 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4405 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4406 }
4407
4408 print_nl ();
4409
4410 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4411 }
4412
4413 static void
4414 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4415 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4416 {
4417 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4418
4419 print_space ();
4420
4421 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4422 {
4423 name_list *tmp;
4424 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4425 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4426 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4427 minfo (") ");
4428 }
4429
4430 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4431 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4432 if (w->filename != NULL)
4433 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4434 else
4435 minfo ("*");
4436 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4437 minfo (")");
4438
4439 minfo ("(");
4440 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4441 {
4442 int closing_paren = 0;
4443
4444 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4445 {
4446 case none:
4447 break;
4448
4449 case by_name:
4450 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4451 closing_paren = 1;
4452 break;
4453
4454 case by_alignment:
4455 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4456 closing_paren = 1;
4457 break;
4458
4459 case by_name_alignment:
4460 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4461 closing_paren = 2;
4462 break;
4463
4464 case by_alignment_name:
4465 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4466 closing_paren = 2;
4467 break;
4468
4469 case by_none:
4470 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4471 closing_paren = 1;
4472 break;
4473
4474 case by_init_priority:
4475 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4476 closing_paren = 1;
4477 break;
4478 }
4479
4480 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4481 {
4482 name_list *tmp;
4483 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4484 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4485 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4486 minfo (") ");
4487 }
4488 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4489 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4490 else
4491 minfo ("*");
4492 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4493 minfo (")");
4494 if (sec->next)
4495 minfo (" ");
4496 }
4497 minfo (")");
4498
4499 print_nl ();
4500
4501 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4502 }
4503
4504 /* Print a group statement. */
4505
4506 static void
4507 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4508 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4509 {
4510 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4511 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4512 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4513 }
4514
4515 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4516 This can be called for any statement type. */
4517
4518 static void
4519 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4520 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4521 {
4522 while (s != NULL)
4523 {
4524 print_statement (s, os);
4525 s = s->header.next;
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4530 This can be called for any statement type. */
4531
4532 static void
4533 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4534 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4535 {
4536 switch (s->header.type)
4537 {
4538 default:
4539 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4540 FAIL ();
4541 break;
4542 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4543 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4544 {
4545 if (constructors_sorted)
4546 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4547 else
4548 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4549 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4550 }
4551 break;
4552 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4553 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4554 break;
4555 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4556 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4557 break;
4558 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4559 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4560 break;
4561 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4562 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4563 break;
4564 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4565 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4566 break;
4567 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4568 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4569 break;
4570 case lang_input_section_enum:
4571 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4572 break;
4573 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4574 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4575 break;
4576 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4577 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4578 break;
4579 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4580 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4581 break;
4582 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4583 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4584 break;
4585 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4586 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4587 if (output_target != NULL)
4588 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4589 minfo (")\n");
4590 break;
4591 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4592 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4593 break;
4594 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4595 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4596 break;
4597 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4598 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4599 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4600 s->insert_statement.where);
4601 break;
4602 }
4603 }
4604
4605 static void
4606 print_statements (void)
4607 {
4608 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4609 }
4610
4611 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4612 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4613 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4614 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4615
4616 void
4617 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4618 {
4619 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4620
4621 config.map_file = stderr;
4622
4623 if (n < 0)
4624 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4625 else
4626 {
4627 while (s && --n >= 0)
4628 {
4629 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4630 s = s->header.next;
4631 }
4632 }
4633
4634 config.map_file = map_save;
4635 }
4636
4637 static void
4638 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4639 fill_type *fill,
4640 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4641 asection *output_section,
4642 bfd_vma dot)
4643 {
4644 static fill_type zero_fill;
4645 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4646
4647 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4648 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4649 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4650 if (pad != NULL
4651 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4652 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4653 {
4654 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4655 }
4656 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4657 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4658 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4659 {
4660 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4661 }
4662 else
4663 {
4664 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4665 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4666 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4667 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4668 *ptr = pad;
4669 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4670 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4671 if (fill == NULL)
4672 fill = &zero_fill;
4673 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4674 }
4675 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4676 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4677 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4678 - output_section->vma);
4679 }
4680
4681 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4682
4683 static bfd_vma
4684 size_input_section
4685 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4686 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4687 fill_type *fill,
4688 bfd_vma dot)
4689 {
4690 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4691 asection *i = is->section;
4692 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4693
4694 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4695 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4696 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4697 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4698 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4699 else
4700 {
4701 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4702
4703 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4704 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4705 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4706 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4707
4708 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4709 i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4710
4711 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4712 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4713
4714 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4715
4716 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4717 {
4718 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4719 dot += alignment_needed;
4720 }
4721
4722 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4723 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4724
4725 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4726 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4727 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4728 }
4729
4730 return dot;
4731 }
4732
4733 struct check_sec
4734 {
4735 asection *sec;
4736 bfd_boolean warned;
4737 };
4738
4739 static int
4740 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4741 {
4742 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4743 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4744
4745 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4746 return -1;
4747 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4748 return 1;
4749 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4750 return -1;
4751 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4752 return 1;
4753
4754 return 0;
4755 }
4756
4757 static int
4758 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4759 {
4760 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4761 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4762
4763 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4764 return -1;
4765 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4766 return 1;
4767 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4768 return -1;
4769 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4770 return 1;
4771
4772 return 0;
4773 }
4774
4775 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4776 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4777
4778 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4779 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4780
4781 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4782 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4783 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4784 region has overflowed. */
4785
4786 static void
4787 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4788 {
4789 asection *s, *p;
4790 struct check_sec *sections;
4791 size_t i, count;
4792 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4793 bfd_vma s_start;
4794 bfd_vma s_end;
4795 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4796 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4797 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4798 bfd_boolean overlays;
4799
4800 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4801 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4802 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4803 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4804 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4805 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4806 {
4807 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4808 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4809 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4810 s->name);
4811 else
4812 {
4813 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4814 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4815 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4816 s->name);
4817 }
4818 }
4819
4820 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4821 return;
4822
4823 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4824 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4825
4826 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4827 count = 0;
4828 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4829 {
4830 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4831 || s->size == 0)
4832 continue;
4833
4834 sections[count].sec = s;
4835 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4836 count++;
4837 }
4838
4839 if (count <= 1)
4840 {
4841 free (sections);
4842 return;
4843 }
4844
4845 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4846
4847 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4848 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4849 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4850 {
4851 s = sections[i].sec;
4852 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4853 {
4854 s_start = s->lma;
4855 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4856
4857 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
4858 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
4859 case of overlap when the current section starts before
4860 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4861 previous section wraps around the address space. */
4862 if (p != NULL
4863 && (s_start <= p_end
4864 || p_end < p_start))
4865 {
4866 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4867 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4868 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4869 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4870 }
4871 p = s;
4872 p_start = s_start;
4873 p_end = s_end;
4874 }
4875 }
4876
4877 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4878 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4879 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4880 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4881 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
4882 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4883 overlays = FALSE;
4884 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4885 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4886 {
4887 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4888 if (p_start == s_start)
4889 {
4890 overlays = TRUE;
4891 break;
4892 }
4893 p_start = s_start;
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
4897 if (!overlays)
4898 {
4899 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4900 {
4901 s = sections[i].sec;
4902 s_start = s->vma;
4903 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4904
4905 if (p != NULL
4906 && !sections[i].warned
4907 && (s_start <= p_end
4908 || p_end < p_start))
4909 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4910 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4911 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4912 p = s;
4913 p_start = s_start;
4914 p_end = s_end;
4915 }
4916 }
4917
4918 free (sections);
4919
4920 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4921 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4922 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4923 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4924
4925 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4926 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
4927 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
4928 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4929 if (m->had_full_message)
4930 {
4931 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
4932 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
4933 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
4934 over),
4935 m->name_list.name, over);
4936 }
4937 }
4938
4939 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
4940 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4941 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4942 calculation wraps around. */
4943
4944 static void
4945 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4946 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4947 etree_type *tree,
4948 bfd_vma rbase)
4949 {
4950 if ((region->current < region->origin
4951 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4952 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4953 || rbase == 0))
4954 {
4955 if (tree != NULL)
4956 {
4957 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4958 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4959 region->current,
4960 os->bfd_section->owner,
4961 os->bfd_section->name,
4962 region->name_list.name);
4963 }
4964 else if (!region->had_full_message)
4965 {
4966 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4967
4968 einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4969 os->bfd_section->owner,
4970 os->bfd_section->name,
4971 region->name_list.name);
4972 }
4973 }
4974 }
4975
4976 static void
4977 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4978 seg_align_type *seg)
4979 {
4980 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
4981 {
4982 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
4983 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
4984 else
4985 {
4986 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
4987 }
4988 }
4989 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
4990 {
4991 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
4992 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
4993 else
4994 {
4995 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
4996 }
4997 }
4998 }
4999
5000 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5001
5002 static bfd_vma
5003 lang_size_sections_1
5004 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5005 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5006 fill_type *fill,
5007 bfd_vma dot,
5008 bfd_boolean *relax,
5009 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5010 {
5011 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5012
5013 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5014 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5015 {
5016 switch (s->header.type)
5017 {
5018 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5019 {
5020 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5021 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5022 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5023 int section_alignment = 0;
5024
5025 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5026 if (os->constraint == -1)
5027 break;
5028
5029 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5030 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5031 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5032 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5033 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5034 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5035 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5036 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5037 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5038 {
5039 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5040 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5041
5042 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5043 {
5044 dot = expld.result.value;
5045 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5046 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5047 }
5048 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5049 einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
5050 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5051 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5052 }
5053
5054 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5055 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5056 break;
5057
5058 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5059 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5060 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5061 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5062 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5063 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5064 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5065 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5066 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5067 {
5068 asection *input;
5069
5070 if (os->children.head == NULL
5071 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5072 || (os->children.head->header.type
5073 != lang_input_section_enum))
5074 einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
5075 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5076
5077 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5078 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5079 os->bfd_section,
5080 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5081 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5082 break;
5083 }
5084
5085 newdot = dot;
5086 dotdelta = 0;
5087 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5088 {
5089 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5090 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5091 }
5092 else
5093 {
5094 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5095 {
5096 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5097 from the region specification. */
5098 if (os->region == NULL
5099 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5100 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5101 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5102 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5103 {
5104 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5105 }
5106
5107 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5108 region, and some non default memory regions were
5109 defined, issue an error message. */
5110 if (!os->ignored
5111 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5112 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5113 && check_regions
5114 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5115 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5116 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5117 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5118 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5119 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5120 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5121 {
5122 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5123 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5124 default memory region we can end up creating an
5125 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5126 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5127 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5128 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5129 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5130 switch. */
5131 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5132 einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
5133 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5134 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5135 os->bfd_section));
5136 else
5137 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5138 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5139 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5140 os->bfd_section));
5141 }
5142
5143 newdot = os->region->current;
5144 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5145 }
5146 else
5147 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5148
5149 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5150 if (section_alignment > 0)
5151 {
5152 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5153 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5154
5155 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5156 if (dotdelta != 0
5157 && (config.warn_section_align
5158 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5159 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5160 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5161 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5162 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5163 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5164 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5165 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5166 }
5167
5168 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5169
5170 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5171 }
5172
5173 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5174 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5175
5176 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5177
5178 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5179 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5180 no output section should change from zero size
5181 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5182 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5183 input section was not sized early enough. */
5184 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5185 else
5186 {
5187 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5188
5189 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5190 align at the block boundary. */
5191 after = ((dot
5192 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5193 + os->block_value - 1)
5194 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5195
5196 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Set section lma. */
5200 r = os->region;
5201 if (r == NULL)
5202 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5203
5204 if (os->load_base)
5205 {
5206 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5207 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5208 }
5209 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5210 {
5211 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5212
5213 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5214 lma += dotdelta;
5215 else
5216 {
5217 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5218 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5219 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5220 only align according to the value in the output
5221 statement. */
5222 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5223 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5224 if (section_alignment > 0)
5225 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5226 }
5227 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5228 }
5229 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5230 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5231 {
5232 bfd_vma lma;
5233 asection *last;
5234
5235 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5236
5237 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5238 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5239 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5240 create overlapping LMAs. */
5241 if (dot < last->vma
5242 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5243 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5244 {
5245 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5246 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5247 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5248 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5249 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5250
5251 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5252 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5253 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5254 }
5255 else
5256 {
5257 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5258 at the end of the previous section. */
5259 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5260 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5261
5262 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5263 as the previous section. */
5264 else
5265 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5266
5267 if (section_alignment > 0)
5268 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5269 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5270 }
5271 }
5272 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5273
5274 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5275 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5276 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5277 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5278 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5279 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5280 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5281 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5282 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5283 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5284 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5285 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5286 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5287 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5288 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5289 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5290 || (r->last_os == NULL
5291 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5292 || (r->last_os != NULL
5293 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5294 .bfd_section->vma)))
5295 && os->lma_region == NULL
5296 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5297 r->last_os = s;
5298
5299 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5300 break;
5301
5302 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5303 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5304 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5305 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5306 else
5307 dotdelta = 0;
5308 dot += dotdelta;
5309
5310 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5311 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5312
5313 /* Update dot in the region ?
5314 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5315 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5316 overall size in memory. */
5317 if (os->region != NULL
5318 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5319 {
5320 os->region->current = dot;
5321
5322 if (check_regions)
5323 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5324 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5325 os->bfd_section->vma);
5326
5327 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5328 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5329 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5330 {
5331 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5332
5333 if (check_regions)
5334 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5335 os->bfd_section->lma);
5336 }
5337 }
5338 }
5339 break;
5340
5341 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5342 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5343 output_section_statement,
5344 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5345 break;
5346
5347 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5348 {
5349 unsigned int size = 0;
5350
5351 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5352 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5353 s->data_statement.output_section =
5354 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5355
5356 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5357 need to mark them as needed. */
5358 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5359
5360 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5361 {
5362 default:
5363 abort ();
5364 case QUAD:
5365 case SQUAD:
5366 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5367 break;
5368 case LONG:
5369 size = LONG_SIZE;
5370 break;
5371 case SHORT:
5372 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5373 break;
5374 case BYTE:
5375 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5376 break;
5377 }
5378 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5379 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5380 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5381 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5382 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5383
5384 }
5385 break;
5386
5387 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5388 {
5389 int size;
5390
5391 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5392 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5393 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5394 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5395 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5396 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5397 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5398 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5399 }
5400 break;
5401
5402 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5403 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5404 output_section_statement,
5405 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5406 break;
5407
5408 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5409 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5410 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5411 break;
5412
5413 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5414 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5415 break;
5416
5417 case lang_input_section_enum:
5418 {
5419 asection *i;
5420
5421 i = s->input_section.section;
5422 if (relax)
5423 {
5424 bfd_boolean again;
5425
5426 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5427 einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5428 if (again)
5429 *relax = TRUE;
5430 }
5431 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5432 fill, dot);
5433 }
5434 break;
5435
5436 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5437 break;
5438
5439 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5440 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5441 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5442
5443 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5444 break;
5445
5446 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5447 {
5448 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5449 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5450
5451 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5452
5453 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5454 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5455 &newdot);
5456
5457 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5458
5459 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5460
5461 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5462 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5463 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5464 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5465 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5466 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5467
5468 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5469 {
5470 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5471 {
5472 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5473 the default memory address. */
5474 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5475 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5476 }
5477 else if (newdot != dot)
5478 {
5479 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5480 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5481 assignment references dot. */
5482 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5483 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5484
5485 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5486 s = s->header.next;
5487
5488 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5489 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5490 user has explicitly stated that the section
5491 should not be allocated. */
5492 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5493 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5494 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5495 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5496 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5497 }
5498 dot = newdot;
5499 }
5500 }
5501 break;
5502
5503 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5504 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5505 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5506 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5507 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5508 will be added back in. */
5509 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5510
5511 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5512 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5513 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5514 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5515 a pad size of zero. */
5516 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5517 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5518 break;
5519
5520 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5521 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5522 output_section_statement,
5523 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5524 break;
5525
5526 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5527 break;
5528
5529 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5530 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5531 break;
5532
5533 default:
5534 FAIL ();
5535 break;
5536 }
5537 prev = &s->header.next;
5538 }
5539 return dot;
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5543 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5544 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5545 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5546
5547 bfd_boolean
5548 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5549 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5550 asection *current_section,
5551 asection *previous_section,
5552 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5553 {
5554 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5555 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5556
5557 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5558 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5559 if (new_segment)
5560 return TRUE;
5561
5562 /* Paranoia checks. */
5563 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5564 return new_segment;
5565
5566 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5567 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5568 if (config.separate_code
5569 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5570 return TRUE;
5571
5572 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5573 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5574 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5575 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5576 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5577 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5578
5579 /* More paranoia. */
5580 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5581 return new_segment;
5582
5583 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5584 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5585 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5586 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5587 return cur->region != prev->region;
5588 }
5589
5590 void
5591 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5592 {
5593 lang_statement_iteration++;
5594 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5595 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5596 }
5597
5598 static bfd_boolean
5599 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5600 {
5601 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5602 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5603 bfd_vma first, last;
5604
5605 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5606 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5607 if (first && last
5608 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5609 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5610 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5611 {
5612 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5613 return TRUE;
5614 }
5615
5616 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5617 return FALSE;
5618 }
5619
5620 static bfd_vma
5621 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5622 {
5623 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5624 asection *sec;
5625
5626 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5627 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5628 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5629
5630 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5631 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5632
5633 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5634 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5635 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5636 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5637 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5638 {
5639 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5640 desired? */
5641 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5642
5643 end = start = sec->vma;
5644 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5645 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5646 bump = desired_end - end;
5647 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5648 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5649 start += bump;
5650 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5651 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5652 desired_end = start;
5653 }
5654
5655 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5656 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5657 seg->base = desired_end;
5658 return relro_end;
5659 }
5660
5661 static bfd_boolean
5662 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5663 {
5664 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5665 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5666 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5667
5668 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5669 {
5670 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5671 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5672 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5677 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5678 }
5679
5680 if (do_data_relro)
5681 {
5682 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5683 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5684
5685 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5686 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5687 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5688 {
5689 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5690 do_reset = TRUE;
5691 }
5692 }
5693
5694 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5695 do_reset = TRUE;
5696
5697 return do_reset;
5698 }
5699
5700 void
5701 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5702 {
5703 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5704 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5705
5706 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5707
5708 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5709 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5710
5711 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5712 {
5713 bfd_boolean do_reset
5714 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5715
5716 if (do_reset)
5717 {
5718 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5719 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5720 }
5721
5722 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5723 {
5724 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5725 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5726 }
5727 }
5728 }
5729
5730 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5731 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5732 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5733
5734 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5735
5736 static bfd_vma
5737 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5738 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5739 fill_type *fill,
5740 bfd_vma dot,
5741 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5742 {
5743 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5744 {
5745 switch (s->header.type)
5746 {
5747 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5748 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5749 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5750 break;
5751
5752 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5753 {
5754 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5755 bfd_vma newdot;
5756
5757 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5758 os->after_end = *found_end;
5759 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5760 {
5761 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5762 {
5763 current_section = os;
5764 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5765 }
5766 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5767 }
5768 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5769 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5770 if (!os->ignored)
5771 {
5772 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5773 {
5774 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5775 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5776 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5777 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5778
5779 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5780 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5781 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5782 }
5783 else
5784 dot = newdot;
5785 }
5786 }
5787 break;
5788
5789 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5790
5791 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5792 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5793 break;
5794
5795 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5796 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5797 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5798 break;
5799
5800 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5801 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5802 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5803 {
5804 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5805 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5806 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5807 }
5808 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5809 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5810 {
5811 unsigned int size;
5812 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5813 {
5814 default:
5815 abort ();
5816 case QUAD:
5817 case SQUAD:
5818 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5819 break;
5820 case LONG:
5821 size = LONG_SIZE;
5822 break;
5823 case SHORT:
5824 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5825 break;
5826 case BYTE:
5827 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5828 break;
5829 }
5830 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5831 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5832 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5833 }
5834 break;
5835
5836 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5837 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5838 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5839 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5840 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5841 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5842 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5843 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5844 break;
5845
5846 case lang_input_section_enum:
5847 {
5848 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5849
5850 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5851 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5852 }
5853 break;
5854
5855 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5856 break;
5857
5858 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5859 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5860 break;
5861
5862 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5863 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5864 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5865 {
5866 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5867
5868 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5869 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5870
5871 while (*p == '_')
5872 ++p;
5873 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5874 *found_end = TRUE;
5875 }
5876 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5877 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
5878 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
5879 &dot);
5880 break;
5881
5882 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5883 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5884 break;
5885
5886 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5887 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5888 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5889 break;
5890
5891 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5892 break;
5893
5894 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5895 break;
5896
5897 default:
5898 FAIL ();
5899 break;
5900 }
5901 }
5902 return dot;
5903 }
5904
5905 void
5906 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5907 {
5908 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5909
5910 current_section = NULL;
5911 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5912 expld.phase = phase;
5913 lang_statement_iteration++;
5914 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5915 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5916 }
5917
5918 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5919 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5920 of "dot". */
5921
5922 asection *
5923 section_for_dot (void)
5924 {
5925 asection *s;
5926
5927 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5928 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5929 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
5930 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5931 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5932 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
5933 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5934 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
5935 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5936 {
5937 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5938 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5939
5940 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5941 stmt != NULL;
5942 stmt = stmt->header.next)
5943 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5944 break;
5945
5946 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5947 while (os != NULL
5948 && !os->after_end
5949 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5950 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5951 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5952 os->bfd_section)))
5953 os = os->next;
5954
5955 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5956 {
5957 if (os != NULL)
5958 s = os->bfd_section;
5959 else
5960 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5961 while (s != NULL
5962 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5963 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5964 s = s->prev;
5965 if (s != NULL)
5966 return s;
5967
5968 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 s = current_section->bfd_section;
5973
5974 /* The section may have been stripped. */
5975 while (s != NULL
5976 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5977 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5978 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5979 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5980 s = s->prev;
5981 if (s == NULL)
5982 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5983 while (s != NULL
5984 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5985 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5986 s = s->next;
5987 if (s != NULL)
5988 return s;
5989
5990 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5991 }
5992
5993 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
5994
5995 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
5996 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
5997 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
5998
5999 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6000 to start_stop_syms. */
6001
6002 static void
6003 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6004 {
6005 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6006
6007 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6008 if (h != NULL)
6009 {
6010 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6011 {
6012 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6013 start_stop_syms
6014 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6015 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6016 }
6017 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6018 }
6019 }
6020
6021 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6022 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6023 preliminary definitions. */
6024
6025 static void
6026 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6027 {
6028 bfd *abfd;
6029 asection *s;
6030 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6031
6032 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6033 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6034 {
6035 const char *ps;
6036 const char *secname = s->name;
6037
6038 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6039 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6040 break;
6041 if (*ps == '\0')
6042 {
6043 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6044
6045 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6046 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6047 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6048
6049 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6050 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6051 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6052
6053 free (symbol);
6054 }
6055 }
6056 }
6057
6058 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6059
6060 static void
6061 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6062 {
6063 size_t i;
6064
6065 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6066 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6067 }
6068
6069 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6070 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6071 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6072 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6073 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6074
6075 static void
6076 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6077 {
6078 if (h->ldscript_def)
6079 return;
6080
6081 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6082 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6083 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6084 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6085 {
6086 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6087 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6088 }
6089 }
6090
6091 static void
6092 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6093 {
6094 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6095 }
6096
6097 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6098 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6099 preliminary definitions. */
6100
6101 static void
6102 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6103 {
6104 asection *s;
6105
6106 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6107 {
6108 const char *secname = s->name;
6109 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6110
6111 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6112 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6113
6114 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6115 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6116 free (symbol);
6117 }
6118 }
6119
6120 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6121
6122 static void
6123 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6124 {
6125 if (h->ldscript_def
6126 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6127 return;
6128
6129 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6130 {
6131 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6132 .startof. already has final value. */
6133 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6134 {
6135 /* .sizeof. */
6136 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6137 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6138 }
6139 }
6140 else
6141 {
6142 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6143 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6144
6145 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6146 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6147 {
6148 /* __stop_ */
6149 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6150 }
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 static void
6155 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6156 {
6157 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6158 }
6159
6160 static void
6161 lang_end (void)
6162 {
6163 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6164 bfd_boolean warn;
6165
6166 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6167 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6168 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6169 else
6170 warn = TRUE;
6171
6172 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6173 --gc-sections. */
6174 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6175 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6176 einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6177 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6178
6179 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6180 {
6181 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6182 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6183 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6184 warn = FALSE;
6185 }
6186
6187 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6188 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6189 if (h != NULL
6190 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6191 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6192 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6193 {
6194 bfd_vma val;
6195
6196 val = (h->u.def.value
6197 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6198 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6199 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6200 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6201 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6202 }
6203 else
6204 {
6205 bfd_vma val;
6206 const char *send;
6207
6208 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6209 number. */
6210 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6211 if (*send == '\0')
6212 {
6213 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6214 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6215 }
6216 else
6217 {
6218 asection *ts;
6219
6220 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6221 the first address in the text section. */
6222 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6223 if (ts != NULL)
6224 {
6225 if (warn)
6226 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6227 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6228 entry_symbol.name,
6229 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6230 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6231 (link_info.output_bfd,
6232 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6233 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6234 }
6235 else
6236 {
6237 if (warn)
6238 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6239 " not setting start address\n"),
6240 entry_symbol.name);
6241 }
6242 }
6243 }
6244 }
6245
6246 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6247 BFD. */
6248
6249 static void
6250 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6251 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6252 {
6253 /* Don't do anything. */
6254 }
6255
6256 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6257 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6258 other checking that is needed. */
6259
6260 static void
6261 lang_check (void)
6262 {
6263 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6264 bfd *input_bfd;
6265 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6266
6267 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6268 {
6269 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6270 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6271 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6272 continue;
6273 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6274 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6275 compatible
6276 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6277 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6278
6279 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6280 link between differing object formats when the input
6281 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6282 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6283 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6284 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6285 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6286 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6287 && (compatible == NULL
6288 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6289 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6290 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6291 {
6292 einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
6293 " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
6294 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6295 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6296 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6297 }
6298
6299 if (compatible == NULL)
6300 {
6301 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6302 einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
6303 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6304 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6305 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6306 }
6307 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6308 {
6309 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6310 private data of the output bfd. */
6311
6312 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6313
6314 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6315 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6316 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6317 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6318 information which is needed in the output file. */
6319 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6320 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6321 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6322 {
6323 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6324 einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
6325 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
6326 }
6327 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6328 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6329 }
6330 }
6331 }
6332
6333 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6334 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6335 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6336
6337 static void
6338 lang_common (void)
6339 {
6340 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6341 return;
6342 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6343 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6344 return;
6345
6346 if (!config.sort_common)
6347 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6348 else
6349 {
6350 unsigned int power;
6351
6352 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6353 {
6354 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6355 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6356
6357 power = 0;
6358 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6359 }
6360 else
6361 {
6362 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6363 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6364
6365 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6366 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6367 }
6368 }
6369 }
6370
6371 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6372
6373 static bfd_boolean
6374 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6375 {
6376 unsigned int power_of_two;
6377 bfd_vma size;
6378 asection *section;
6379
6380 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6381 return TRUE;
6382
6383 size = h->u.c.size;
6384 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6385
6386 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6387 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6388 return TRUE;
6389 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6390 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6391 return TRUE;
6392
6393 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6394 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6395 einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
6396 h->root.string);
6397
6398 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6399 {
6400 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6401 int len;
6402 char *name;
6403 char buf[50];
6404
6405 if (!header_printed)
6406 {
6407 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6408 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6409 header_printed = TRUE;
6410 }
6411
6412 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6413 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6414 if (name == NULL)
6415 {
6416 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6417 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6418 }
6419 else
6420 {
6421 minfo ("%s", name);
6422 len = strlen (name);
6423 free (name);
6424 }
6425
6426 if (len >= 19)
6427 {
6428 print_nl ();
6429 len = 0;
6430 }
6431 while (len < 20)
6432 {
6433 print_space ();
6434 ++len;
6435 }
6436
6437 minfo ("0x");
6438 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6439 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6440 else
6441 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6442 minfo ("%s", buf);
6443 len = strlen (buf);
6444
6445 while (len < 16)
6446 {
6447 print_space ();
6448 ++len;
6449 }
6450
6451 minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
6452 }
6453
6454 return TRUE;
6455 }
6456
6457 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6458 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6459 option are handled here. */
6460
6461 static void
6462 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6463 {
6464 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6465 {
6466 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6467 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6468 TRUE);
6469 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6470 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6471 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6472 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6473 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6474 }
6475 else
6476 {
6477 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6478 const char *name = s->name;
6479 int constraint = 0;
6480
6481 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6482 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n"),
6483 s, s->owner);
6484
6485 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6486 constraint = SPECIAL;
6487
6488 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6489 if (os == NULL)
6490 {
6491 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6492 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6493 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6494 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6495 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6496 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6497 }
6498
6499 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6500 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being "
6501 "placed in section `%s'.\n"),
6502 s, s->owner, os->name);
6503 }
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6507 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6508 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6509
6510 static void
6511 lang_place_orphans (void)
6512 {
6513 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6514 {
6515 asection *s;
6516
6517 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6518 {
6519 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6520 {
6521 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6522 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6523
6524 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6525 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6526 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6527 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6528 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6529 {
6530 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6531 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6532 with the wildcard. */
6533 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6534 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6535 {
6536 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6537 default_common_section
6538 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6539 TRUE);
6540 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6541 NULL, default_common_section);
6542 }
6543 }
6544 else
6545 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6546 }
6547 }
6548 }
6549 }
6550
6551 void
6552 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6553 {
6554 flagword *ptr_flags;
6555
6556 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6557
6558 while (*flags)
6559 {
6560 switch (*flags)
6561 {
6562 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6563 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6564 case '!':
6565 invert = !invert;
6566 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6567 break;
6568
6569 case 'A': case 'a':
6570 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6571 break;
6572
6573 case 'R': case 'r':
6574 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6575 break;
6576
6577 case 'W': case 'w':
6578 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6579 break;
6580
6581 case 'X': case 'x':
6582 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6583 break;
6584
6585 case 'L': case 'l':
6586 case 'I': case 'i':
6587 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6588 break;
6589
6590 default:
6591 einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6592 *flags, *flags);
6593 break;
6594 }
6595 flags++;
6596 }
6597 }
6598
6599 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6600 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6601
6602 void
6603 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6604 {
6605 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6606
6607 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6608 f != NULL;
6609 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6610 func (f);
6611 }
6612
6613 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6614 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6615 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6616
6617 void
6618 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6619 {
6620 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6621 {
6622 func (f);
6623 }
6624 }
6625
6626 void
6627 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6628 {
6629 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6630 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6631 &entry->next);
6632
6633 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6634 a link. */
6635 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6636 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6637
6638 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6639 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6640 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6641 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6642
6643 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6644 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6645 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6646 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6647 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6648 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6649 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6650 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6651 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6652
6653 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6654 }
6655
6656 void
6657 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6658 {
6659 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6660 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6661 {
6662 output_filename = name;
6663 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6664 }
6665 }
6666
6667 static int
6668 topower (int x)
6669 {
6670 unsigned int i = 1;
6671 int l;
6672
6673 if (x < 0)
6674 return -1;
6675
6676 for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6677 {
6678 if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6679 return l;
6680 i <<= 1;
6681 }
6682
6683 return 0;
6684 }
6685
6686 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6687 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6688 etree_type *address_exp,
6689 enum section_type sectype,
6690 etree_type *align,
6691 etree_type *subalign,
6692 etree_type *ebase,
6693 int constraint,
6694 int align_with_input)
6695 {
6696 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6697
6698 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6699 constraint, TRUE);
6700 current_section = os;
6701
6702 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6703 {
6704 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6705 }
6706 os->sectype = sectype;
6707 if (sectype != noload_section)
6708 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6709 else
6710 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6711 os->block_value = 1;
6712
6713 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6714 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6715
6716 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6717 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6718 einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6719 NULL);
6720
6721 os->subsection_alignment =
6722 topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6723 os->section_alignment =
6724 topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6725
6726 os->load_base = ebase;
6727 return os;
6728 }
6729
6730 void
6731 lang_final (void)
6732 {
6733 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6734
6735 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6736 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6737 }
6738
6739 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6740
6741 void
6742 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6743 {
6744 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6745 asection *o;
6746 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6747
6748 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6749 {
6750 p->current = p->origin;
6751 p->last_os = NULL;
6752 }
6753
6754 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6755 os != NULL;
6756 os = os->next)
6757 {
6758 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6759 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6760 }
6761
6762 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6763 {
6764 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6765 o->rawsize = o->size;
6766 o->size = 0;
6767 }
6768 }
6769
6770 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6771
6772 static void
6773 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6774 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6775 asection *section,
6776 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6777 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6778 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6779 {
6780 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6781 should be as well. */
6782 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6783 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6784 }
6785
6786 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6787
6788 static void
6789 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6790 {
6791 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6792 {
6793 switch (s->header.type)
6794 {
6795 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6796 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6797 break;
6798 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6799 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6800 break;
6801 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6802 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6803 break;
6804 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6805 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6806 break;
6807 default:
6808 break;
6809 }
6810 }
6811 }
6812
6813 static void
6814 lang_gc_sections (void)
6815 {
6816 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6817 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6818
6819 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6820 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6821 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6822 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6823 {
6824 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6825 {
6826 asection *sec;
6827 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6828 if (f->flags.claimed)
6829 continue;
6830 #endif
6831 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6832 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6833 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6834 }
6835 }
6836
6837 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6838 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6839 }
6840
6841 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6842
6843 static void
6844 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6845 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6846 asection *section,
6847 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6848 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6849 void *data)
6850 {
6851 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6852 size. */
6853 if (section->output_section != NULL
6854 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6855 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6856 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6857 && section->size != 0)
6858 {
6859 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6860 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6861 }
6862 }
6863
6864 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
6865
6866 static void
6867 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6868 seg_align_type *seg,
6869 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6870 {
6871 if (*has_relro_section)
6872 return;
6873
6874 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6875 {
6876 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
6877 break;
6878
6879 switch (s->header.type)
6880 {
6881 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6882 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6883 find_relro_section_callback,
6884 has_relro_section);
6885 break;
6886 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6887 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6888 seg, has_relro_section);
6889 break;
6890 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6891 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6892 seg, has_relro_section);
6893 break;
6894 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6895 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6896 seg, has_relro_section);
6897 break;
6898 default:
6899 break;
6900 }
6901 }
6902 }
6903
6904 static void
6905 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6906 {
6907 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6908
6909 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
6910
6911 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6912 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
6913
6914 if (!has_relro_section)
6915 link_info.relro = FALSE;
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6919
6920 void
6921 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6922 {
6923 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6924 {
6925 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
6926 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6927
6928 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
6929 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6930
6931 while (i--)
6932 {
6933 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6934 bfd_boolean relax_again;
6935
6936 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6937 do
6938 {
6939 link_info.relax_trip++;
6940
6941 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
6942 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6943 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
6944
6945 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6946 section sizes. */
6947 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6948
6949 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6950 size. */
6951 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6952
6953 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6954 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
6955 relax_again = FALSE;
6956 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6957 }
6958 while (relax_again);
6959
6960 link_info.relax_pass++;
6961 }
6962 need_layout = TRUE;
6963 }
6964
6965 if (need_layout)
6966 {
6967 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
6968 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6969 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6970 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6971 }
6972 }
6973
6974 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6975 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
6976 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6977 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6978 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
6979 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6980 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6981 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6982 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6983 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6984 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
6985
6986 static lang_input_statement_type *
6987 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6988 {
6989 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6990 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6991 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6992 claim1 != NULL;
6993 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6994 {
6995 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6996 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6997 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
6998 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
6999 lastobject = claim1;
7000 }
7001 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7002 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7003 insert point. */
7004 return lastobject;
7005 }
7006
7007 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7008 added during a rescan. */
7009
7010 static lang_statement_union_type **
7011 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7012 {
7013 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7014 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7015 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7016 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7017 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7018
7019 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7020 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7021
7022 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7023 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7024 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7025 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7026 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7027 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7028 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7029 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7030 f != NULL;
7031 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7032 {
7033 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7034 {
7035 before = last_loaded;
7036 if (f->next != NULL)
7037 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7038 }
7039 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7040 last_loaded = f;
7041 }
7042
7043 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7044 *iter != NULL;
7045 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7046 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7047 break;
7048
7049 return iter;
7050 }
7051
7052 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7053 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7054 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7055
7056 static void
7057 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7058 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7059 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7060 {
7061 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7062 *field = srclist->head;
7063 if (destlist->tail == field)
7064 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7065 }
7066
7067 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7068 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7069
7070 static void
7071 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7072 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7073 {
7074 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7075 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7076 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7077 savetail = origlist->tail;
7078 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7079 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7080 destlist->tail = savetail;
7081 *savetail = NULL;
7082 }
7083 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7084
7085 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7086
7087 void
7088 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7089 {
7090 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7091
7092 if (name == NULL)
7093 return;
7094
7095 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7096
7097 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7098 sym->name = name;
7099 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7100 }
7101
7102 /* Check relocations. */
7103
7104 static void
7105 lang_check_relocs (void)
7106 {
7107 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7108 {
7109 bfd *abfd;
7110
7111 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7112 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7113 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7114 {
7115 /* No object output, fail return. */
7116 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7117 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7118 continue the scan in case there are other
7119 bad relocations to report. */
7120 }
7121 }
7122 }
7123
7124 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7125 propagate forward the lma region. */
7126
7127 static void
7128 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7129 {
7130 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7131
7132 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7133 os != NULL;
7134 os = os->next)
7135 {
7136 if (os->prev != NULL
7137 && os->lma_region == NULL
7138 && os->load_base == NULL
7139 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7140 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7141 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7142 }
7143 }
7144
7145 void
7146 lang_process (void)
7147 {
7148 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7149 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7150 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7151
7152 current_target = default_target;
7153
7154 /* Open the output file. */
7155 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7156 init_opb ();
7157
7158 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7159
7160 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7161 lang_place_undefineds ();
7162
7163 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7164 einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
7165
7166 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7167 current_target = default_target;
7168 lang_statement_iteration++;
7169 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7170
7171 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7172 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7173 {
7174 lang_statement_list_type added;
7175 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7176
7177 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7178 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7179 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7180 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7181 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7182 file. */
7183 added = *stat_ptr;
7184 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7185 files = file_chain;
7186 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7187 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7188 einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7189 plugin_error_plugin ());
7190 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7191 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7192 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7193 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7194 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7195 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7196 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7197 /* Were any new files added? */
7198 if (added.head != NULL)
7199 {
7200 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7201 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7202 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7203 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7204 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7205 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7206 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7207 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7208 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7209 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7210 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7211 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7212 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7213 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7214 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7215 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7216 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7217 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7218 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7219 else
7220 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7221
7222 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7223 files = file_chain;
7224 lang_statement_iteration++;
7225 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7226 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7227 while (files.head != NULL)
7228 {
7229 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7230 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7231 bfd *my_arch;
7232
7233 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7234 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7235 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7236 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7237 if (my_arch != NULL)
7238 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7239 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7240 break;
7241 temp = *insert;
7242 *insert = files.head;
7243 files.head = *iter;
7244 *iter = temp;
7245 if (my_arch != NULL)
7246 {
7247 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7248 if (parent != NULL)
7249 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7250 ((char *) iter
7251 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7252 }
7253 }
7254 }
7255 }
7256 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7257
7258 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7259 before now. */
7260 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7261
7262 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7263
7264 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7265 {
7266 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7267
7268 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7269 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7270 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7271 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7272 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7273 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7274 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7275 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7276 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7277 }
7278
7279 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7280 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7281
7282 ldemul_after_open ();
7283 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7284 lang_print_asneeded ();
7285
7286 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7287
7288 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7289 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7290 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7291 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7292 link. */
7293 lang_check ();
7294
7295 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7296 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7297 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7298
7299 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7300 files. */
7301 ldctor_build_sets ();
7302
7303 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7304 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7305 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7306 if (config.build_constructors)
7307 lang_init_start_stop ();
7308
7309 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7310 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7311 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7312
7313 lang_do_memory_regions();
7314 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7315
7316 /* Size up the common data. */
7317 lang_common ();
7318
7319 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7320 lang_gc_sections ();
7321
7322 /* Check relocations. */
7323 lang_check_relocs ();
7324
7325 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7326
7327 /* Update wild statements. */
7328 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7329
7330 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7331 to the correct output sections. */
7332 lang_statement_iteration++;
7333 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7334
7335 process_insert_statements ();
7336
7337 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7338 lang_place_orphans ();
7339
7340 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7341 {
7342 asection *found;
7343
7344 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7345 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7346 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7347 is hard then. */
7348 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7349
7350 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7351 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7352
7353 if (found != NULL)
7354 {
7355 if (config.text_read_only)
7356 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7357 else
7358 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7363 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7364
7365 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7366 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7367 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7368 if (config.build_constructors)
7369 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7370
7371 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7372 dynamic symbols are created. */
7373 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7374 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7375
7376 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7377 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7378 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7379
7380 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7381 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7382 lang_record_phdrs ();
7383
7384 /* Check relro sections. */
7385 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7386 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7387
7388 /* Size up the sections. */
7389 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7390
7391 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7392 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7393 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7394
7395 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7396 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7397
7398 /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7399 of all the symbols. */
7400 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7401
7402 ldemul_finish ();
7403
7404 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7405 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7406
7407 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7408 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7409 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7410
7411 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7412 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7413
7414 lang_end ();
7415 }
7416
7417 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7418
7419 void
7420 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7421 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7422 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7423 {
7424 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7425 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7426
7427 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7428 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7429 curr != NULL;
7430 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7431 {
7432 next = curr->next;
7433 curr->next = section_list;
7434 }
7435
7436 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7437 {
7438 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7439 filespec->name = NULL;
7440 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7441 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7442 }
7443
7444 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7445 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7446 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7447 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7448 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7449 if (filespec != NULL)
7450 {
7451 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7452 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7453 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7454 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7455 }
7456 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7457 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7458 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7459 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7460 }
7461
7462 void
7463 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7464 const segment_type *segment)
7465 {
7466 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7467
7468 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7469 ad->section_name = name;
7470 ad->address = address;
7471 ad->segment = segment;
7472 }
7473
7474 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7475 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7476 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7477 precedence. */
7478
7479 void
7480 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7481 {
7482 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7483 || cmdline
7484 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7485 {
7486 entry_symbol.name = name;
7487 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7492 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7493 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7494 must be permanently allocated. */
7495 void
7496 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7497 {
7498 entry_symbol_default = name;
7499 }
7500
7501 void
7502 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7503 {
7504 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7505
7506 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7507 new_stmt->target = name;
7508 }
7509
7510 void
7511 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7512 {
7513 while (*name)
7514 {
7515 switch (*name)
7516 {
7517 case 'F':
7518 map_option_f = TRUE;
7519 break;
7520 }
7521 name++;
7522 }
7523 }
7524
7525 void
7526 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7527 {
7528 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7529
7530 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7531 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7532 }
7533
7534 void
7535 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7536 {
7537 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7538
7539 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7540 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7541 new_stmt->type = type;
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7545 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7546 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7547 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7548 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7549 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7550
7551 void
7552 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7553 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7554 asection *section,
7555 const char *name,
7556 union etree_union *addend)
7557 {
7558 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7559
7560 p->reloc = reloc;
7561 p->howto = howto;
7562 p->section = section;
7563 p->name = name;
7564 p->addend_exp = addend;
7565
7566 p->addend_value = 0;
7567 p->output_section = NULL;
7568 p->output_offset = 0;
7569 }
7570
7571 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7572 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7573 {
7574 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7575
7576 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7577 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7578 return new_stmt;
7579 }
7580
7581 void
7582 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7583 {
7584 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7585 }
7586
7587 void
7588 lang_startup (const char *name)
7589 {
7590 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7591 {
7592 einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7593 }
7594 first_file->filename = name;
7595 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7596 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7597 }
7598
7599 void
7600 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7601 {
7602 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7603 }
7604
7605
7606 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7607 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7608
7609 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7610 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7611 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7612 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7613 had an explicit load address.
7614
7615 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7616
7617 static void
7618 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7619 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7620 const char *memspec,
7621 const char *lma_memspec,
7622 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7623 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7624 {
7625 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7626
7627 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7628 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7629 as well. */
7630 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7631 && !have_vma
7632 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7633 *region = *lma_region;
7634 else
7635 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7636
7637 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7638 einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7639 NULL);
7640 }
7641
7642 void
7643 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7644 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7645 const char *lma_memspec)
7646 {
7647 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7648 &current_section->lma_region,
7649 memspec, lma_memspec,
7650 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7651 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7652
7653 current_section->fill = fill;
7654 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7655 pop_stat_ptr ();
7656 }
7657
7658 void
7659 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7660 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7661 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7662 {
7663 *(list->tail) = element;
7664 list->tail = field;
7665 }
7666
7667 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7668
7669 void
7670 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7671 const char *big,
7672 const char *little,
7673 int from_script)
7674 {
7675 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7676 {
7677 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7678 && big != NULL)
7679 format = big;
7680 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7681 && little != NULL)
7682 format = little;
7683
7684 output_target = format;
7685 }
7686 }
7687
7688 void
7689 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7690 {
7691 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7692
7693 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7694 new_stmt->where = where;
7695 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7696 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7700 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7701
7702 void
7703 lang_enter_group (void)
7704 {
7705 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7706
7707 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7708 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7709 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7710 }
7711
7712 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7713 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7714 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7715 but currently they can't. */
7716
7717 void
7718 lang_leave_group (void)
7719 {
7720 pop_stat_ptr ();
7721 }
7722
7723 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7724 command in a linker script. */
7725
7726 void
7727 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7728 etree_type *type,
7729 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7730 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7731 etree_type *at,
7732 etree_type *flags)
7733 {
7734 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7735 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7736
7737 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7738 n->next = NULL;
7739 n->name = name;
7740 n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7741 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7742 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7743 n->at = at;
7744 n->flags = flags;
7745
7746 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7747
7748 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7749 if (hdrs
7750 && (*pp)->type == 1
7751 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7752 {
7753 einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7754 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7755 hdrs = FALSE;
7756 }
7757
7758 *pp = n;
7759 }
7760
7761 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7762 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7763
7764 static void
7765 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7766 {
7767 unsigned int alc;
7768 asection **secs;
7769 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7770 struct lang_phdr *l;
7771 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7772
7773 alc = 10;
7774 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7775 last = NULL;
7776
7777 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7778 {
7779 unsigned int c;
7780 flagword flags;
7781 bfd_vma at;
7782
7783 c = 0;
7784 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7785 os != NULL;
7786 os = os->next)
7787 {
7788 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7789
7790 if (os->constraint < 0)
7791 continue;
7792
7793 pl = os->phdrs;
7794 if (pl != NULL)
7795 last = pl;
7796 else
7797 {
7798 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7799 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7800 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7801 continue;
7802
7803 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7804 if (l->type == 3)
7805 continue;
7806
7807 if (last == NULL)
7808 {
7809 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7810
7811 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7812 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7813 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7814 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7815 header and there are sections in that script which are
7816 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7817 use of that header. See here for more details:
7818 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7819 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7820 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7821 {
7822 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7823 break;
7824 }
7825 if (last == NULL)
7826 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7827 }
7828 pl = last;
7829 }
7830
7831 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7832 continue;
7833
7834 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7835 {
7836 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7837 {
7838 if (c >= alc)
7839 {
7840 alc *= 2;
7841 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7842 alc * sizeof (asection *));
7843 }
7844 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7845 ++c;
7846 pl->used = TRUE;
7847 }
7848 }
7849 }
7850
7851 if (l->flags == NULL)
7852 flags = 0;
7853 else
7854 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7855
7856 if (l->at == NULL)
7857 at = 0;
7858 else
7859 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7860
7861 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7862 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7863 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7864 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7865 }
7866
7867 free (secs);
7868
7869 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
7870 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7871 os != NULL;
7872 os = os->next)
7873 {
7874 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7875
7876 if (os->constraint < 0
7877 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7878 continue;
7879
7880 for (pl = os->phdrs;
7881 pl != NULL;
7882 pl = pl->next)
7883 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7884 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7885 os->name, pl->name);
7886 }
7887 }
7888
7889 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
7890
7891 void
7892 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7893 {
7894 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7895
7896 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7897 n->next = nocrossref_list;
7898 n->list = l;
7899 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7900 nocrossref_list = n;
7901
7902 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
7903 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7904 }
7905
7906 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
7907
7908 void
7909 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7910 {
7911 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7912 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7913 }
7914 \f
7915 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
7916
7917 /* The overlay virtual address. */
7918 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7919 /* And subsection alignment. */
7920 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7921
7922 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
7923 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7924
7925 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
7926
7927 struct overlay_list {
7928 struct overlay_list *next;
7929 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7930 };
7931
7932 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7933
7934 /* Start handling an overlay. */
7935
7936 void
7937 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7938 {
7939 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
7940 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7941 && overlay_subalign == NULL
7942 && overlay_max == NULL);
7943
7944 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7945 overlay_subalign = subalign;
7946 }
7947
7948 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
7949 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7950 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
7951
7952 void
7953 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7954 {
7955 struct overlay_list *n;
7956 etree_type *size;
7957
7958 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7959 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7960
7961 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7962 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
7963 used in the addresses. */
7964 if (overlay_list == NULL)
7965 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7966
7967 /* Remember the section. */
7968 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7969 n->os = current_section;
7970 n->next = overlay_list;
7971 overlay_list = n;
7972
7973 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7974
7975 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
7976 if (overlay_max == NULL)
7977 overlay_max = size;
7978 else
7979 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7980 }
7981
7982 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
7983 here. */
7984
7985 void
7986 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7987 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7988 {
7989 const char *name;
7990 char *clean, *s2;
7991 const char *s1;
7992 char *buf;
7993
7994 name = current_section->name;
7995
7996 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7997 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
7998 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7999 override it. */
8000 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8001
8002 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8003
8004 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8005 s2 = clean;
8006 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8007 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8008 *s2++ = *s1;
8009 *s2 = '\0';
8010
8011 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8012 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8013 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8014 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8015 FALSE));
8016
8017 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8018 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8019 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8020 exp_binop ('+',
8021 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8022 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8023 FALSE));
8024
8025 free (clean);
8026 }
8027
8028 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8029 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8030
8031 void
8032 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8033 int nocrossrefs,
8034 fill_type *fill,
8035 const char *memspec,
8036 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8037 const char *lma_memspec)
8038 {
8039 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8040 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8041 struct overlay_list *l;
8042 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8043
8044 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8045 memspec, lma_memspec,
8046 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8047
8048 nocrossref = NULL;
8049
8050 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8051 overlay region. */
8052 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8053 {
8054 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8055 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8056 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8057 }
8058
8059 l = overlay_list;
8060 while (l != NULL)
8061 {
8062 struct overlay_list *next;
8063
8064 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8065 l->os->fill = fill;
8066
8067 l->os->region = region;
8068 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8069
8070 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8071 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8072 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8073 an LMA region was specified. */
8074 if (l->next == 0)
8075 {
8076 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8077 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8078 }
8079 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8080 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8081
8082 if (nocrossrefs)
8083 {
8084 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8085
8086 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8087 nc->name = l->os->name;
8088 nc->next = nocrossref;
8089 nocrossref = nc;
8090 }
8091
8092 next = l->next;
8093 free (l);
8094 l = next;
8095 }
8096
8097 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8098 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8099
8100 overlay_vma = NULL;
8101 overlay_list = NULL;
8102 overlay_max = NULL;
8103 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8104 }
8105 \f
8106 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8107
8108 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8109 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8110 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8111
8112 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8113 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8114 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8115 const char *sym)
8116 {
8117 const char *c_sym;
8118 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8119 const char *java_sym = sym;
8120 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8121 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8122
8123 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8124 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8125 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8126 if (!c_sym)
8127 c_sym = sym;
8128 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8129
8130 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8131 {
8132 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8133 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8134 if (!cxx_sym)
8135 cxx_sym = sym;
8136 }
8137 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8138 {
8139 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8140 if (!java_sym)
8141 java_sym = sym;
8142 }
8143
8144 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8145 {
8146 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8147
8148 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8149 {
8150 case 0:
8151 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8152 {
8153 e.pattern = c_sym;
8154 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8155 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8156 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8157 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8158 goto out_ret;
8159 else
8160 expr = expr->next;
8161 }
8162 /* Fallthrough */
8163 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8164 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8165 {
8166 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8167 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8168 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8169 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8170 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8171 goto out_ret;
8172 else
8173 expr = expr->next;
8174 }
8175 /* Fallthrough */
8176 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8177 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8178 {
8179 e.pattern = java_sym;
8180 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8181 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8182 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8183 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8184 goto out_ret;
8185 else
8186 expr = expr->next;
8187 }
8188 /* Fallthrough */
8189 default:
8190 break;
8191 }
8192 }
8193
8194 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8195 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8196 expr = head->remaining;
8197 else
8198 expr = prev->next;
8199 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8200 {
8201 const char *s;
8202
8203 if (!expr->pattern)
8204 continue;
8205
8206 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8207 break;
8208
8209 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8210 s = java_sym;
8211 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8212 s = cxx_sym;
8213 else
8214 s = c_sym;
8215 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8216 break;
8217 }
8218
8219 out_ret:
8220 if (c_sym != sym)
8221 free ((char *) c_sym);
8222 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8223 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8224 if (java_sym != sym)
8225 free ((char *) java_sym);
8226 return expr;
8227 }
8228
8229 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8230 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8231
8232 static const char *
8233 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8234 {
8235 const char *p;
8236 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8237 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8238
8239 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8240 {
8241 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8242 backslash. */
8243 if (backslash)
8244 {
8245 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8246 *(s - 1) = *p;
8247 backslash = FALSE;
8248 changed = TRUE;
8249 }
8250 else
8251 {
8252 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8253 {
8254 free (symbol);
8255 return NULL;
8256 }
8257
8258 *s++ = *p;
8259 backslash = *p == '\\';
8260 }
8261 }
8262
8263 if (changed)
8264 {
8265 *s = '\0';
8266 return symbol;
8267 }
8268 else
8269 {
8270 free (symbol);
8271 return pattern;
8272 }
8273 }
8274
8275 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8276 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8277 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8278
8279 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8280 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8281 const char *new_name,
8282 const char *lang,
8283 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8284 {
8285 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8286
8287 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8288 ret->next = orig;
8289 ret->symver = 0;
8290 ret->script = 0;
8291 ret->literal = TRUE;
8292 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8293 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8294 {
8295 ret->pattern = new_name;
8296 ret->literal = FALSE;
8297 }
8298
8299 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8300 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8301 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8302 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8303 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8304 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8305 else
8306 {
8307 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8308 lang);
8309 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8310 }
8311
8312 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8313 }
8314
8315 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8316 expressions. */
8317
8318 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8319 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8320 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8321 {
8322 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8323
8324 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8325 ret->globals.list = globals;
8326 ret->locals.list = locals;
8327 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8328 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8329 return ret;
8330 }
8331
8332 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8333
8334 static int version_index;
8335
8336 static hashval_t
8337 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8338 {
8339 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8340 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8341
8342 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8343 }
8344
8345 static int
8346 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8347 {
8348 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8349 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8350 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8351 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8352
8353 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8354 }
8355
8356 static void
8357 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8358 {
8359 size_t count = 0;
8360 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8361 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8362
8363 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8364 {
8365 if (e->literal)
8366 count++;
8367 head->mask |= e->mask;
8368 }
8369
8370 if (count)
8371 {
8372 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8373 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8374 list_loc = &head->list;
8375 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8376 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8377 {
8378 next = e->next;
8379 if (!e->literal)
8380 {
8381 *remaining_loc = e;
8382 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8383 }
8384 else
8385 {
8386 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8387
8388 if (*loc)
8389 {
8390 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8391
8392 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8393 last = NULL;
8394 do
8395 {
8396 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8397 {
8398 last = NULL;
8399 break;
8400 }
8401 last = e1;
8402 e1 = e1->next;
8403 }
8404 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8405
8406 if (last == NULL)
8407 {
8408 /* This is a duplicate. */
8409 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8410 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8411 /* free (e->pattern); */
8412 free (e);
8413 }
8414 else
8415 {
8416 e->next = last->next;
8417 last->next = e;
8418 }
8419 }
8420 else
8421 {
8422 *loc = e;
8423 *list_loc = e;
8424 list_loc = &e->next;
8425 }
8426 }
8427 }
8428 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8429 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8430 }
8431 else
8432 head->remaining = head->list;
8433 }
8434
8435 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8436 version. */
8437
8438 void
8439 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8440 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8441 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8442 {
8443 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8444 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8445
8446 if (name == NULL)
8447 name = "";
8448
8449 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8450 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8451 {
8452 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8453 " with other version tags\n"));
8454 free (version);
8455 return;
8456 }
8457
8458 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8459 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8460 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8461 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8462
8463 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8464 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8465
8466 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8467 aren't any duplicates. */
8468
8469 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8470 {
8471 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8472 {
8473 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8474
8475 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8476 {
8477 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8478 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8479 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8480 {
8481 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8482 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8483 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8484 e2 = e2->next;
8485 }
8486 }
8487 else if (!e1->literal)
8488 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8489 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8490 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8491 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8492 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8493 }
8494 }
8495
8496 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8497 {
8498 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8499 {
8500 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8501
8502 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8503 {
8504 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8505 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8506 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8507 {
8508 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8509 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8510 " in version information\n"),
8511 e1->pattern);
8512 e2 = e2->next;
8513 }
8514 }
8515 else if (!e1->literal)
8516 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8517 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8518 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8519 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8520 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8521 }
8522 }
8523
8524 version->deps = deps;
8525 version->name = name;
8526 if (name[0] != '\0')
8527 {
8528 ++version_index;
8529 version->vernum = version_index;
8530 }
8531 else
8532 version->vernum = 0;
8533
8534 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8535 ;
8536 *pp = version;
8537 }
8538
8539 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8540
8541 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8542 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8543 {
8544 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8545 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8546
8547 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8548 ret->next = list;
8549
8550 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8551 {
8552 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8553 {
8554 ret->version_needed = t;
8555 return ret;
8556 }
8557 }
8558
8559 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8560
8561 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8562 return ret;
8563 }
8564
8565 static void
8566 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8567 {
8568 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8569
8570 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8571 {
8572 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8573 char *contents, *p;
8574 bfd_size_type len;
8575
8576 if (sec == NULL)
8577 continue;
8578
8579 len = sec->size;
8580 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8581 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8582 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8583
8584 p = contents;
8585 while (p < contents + len)
8586 {
8587 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8588 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8589 }
8590
8591 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8592
8593 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8594 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8595 }
8596
8597 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8598 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8599 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8600 }
8601
8602 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8603
8604 static void
8605 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8606 {
8607 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8608
8609 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8610 {
8611 if (r->origin_exp)
8612 {
8613 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8614 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8615 {
8616 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8617 r->current = r->origin;
8618 }
8619 else
8620 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8621 r->name_list.name);
8622 }
8623 if (r->length_exp)
8624 {
8625 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8626 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8627 r->length = expld.result.value;
8628 else
8629 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8630 r->name_list.name);
8631 }
8632 }
8633 }
8634
8635 void
8636 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8637 {
8638 struct unique_sections *ent;
8639
8640 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8641 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8642 return;
8643
8644 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8645 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8646 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8647 unique_section_list = ent;
8648 }
8649
8650 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8651
8652 void
8653 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8654 {
8655 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8656 {
8657 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8658 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8659 ;
8660 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8661 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8662 }
8663 else
8664 {
8665 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8666
8667 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8668 d->head.list = dynamic;
8669 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8670 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8671 }
8672 }
8673
8674 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8675 one. */
8676
8677 void
8678 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8679 {
8680 const char *symbols[] =
8681 {
8682 "typeinfo name for*",
8683 "typeinfo for*"
8684 };
8685 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8686 unsigned int i;
8687
8688 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8689 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8690 FALSE);
8691
8692 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8693 }
8694
8695 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8696 existing one. */
8697
8698 void
8699 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8700 {
8701 const char *symbols[] =
8702 {
8703 "operator new*",
8704 "operator delete*"
8705 };
8706 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8707 unsigned int i;
8708
8709 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8710 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8711 FALSE);
8712
8713 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8714 }
8715
8716 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8717
8718 void
8719 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8720 {
8721 char *p, *q;
8722
8723 p = str;
8724 while (*p)
8725 {
8726 char sep;
8727 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8728 ++p;
8729 if (!*p)
8730 break;
8731 q = p + 1;
8732 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8733 ++q;
8734 sep = *q;
8735 *q = 0;
8736 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8737 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8738 else
8739 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8740 *q = sep;
8741 p = q;
8742 }
8743 }
8744
8745 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8746
8747 static void
8748 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8749 {
8750 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8751 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8752 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8753 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8754 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8755 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8756 else
8757 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8758 }
8759
8760 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8761
8762 void
8763 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8764 {
8765 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8766
8767 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8768 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8769 {
8770 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8771 double percent;
8772
8773 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8774 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8775 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8776
8777 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8778
8779 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8780 }
8781 }
This page took 0.284691 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.